1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Intel Corporation
15  *
16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19  *
20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27  *
28  */
29 
30 /*
31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34  *
35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39  * can actually be identified and removed.
40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41  */
42 
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44 
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46 
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
54 
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59 
60 /**
61  * DOC: Station handling
62  *
63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67  * to.
68  *
69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70  * capabilities.
71  *
72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78  *    time mark it authorized.
79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82  *
83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84  */
85 
86 /**
87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88  *
89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93  * for various reasons.
94  *
95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occur.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298  * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305  *
306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307  *
308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313  *
314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321  *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322  *
323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324  */
325 
326 /**
327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328  *
329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335  */
336 
337 /**
338  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
339  *
340  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
344  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348  *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
352  *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353  *	compatibility only.
354  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
359  *
360  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375  *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376  *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377  *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
378  *
379  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381  *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
382  *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
383  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
384  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
385  *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
386  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
387  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
388  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
389  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
390  *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
391  *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
393  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
394  *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
395  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396  *
397  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
398  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
399  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
400  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
401  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
402  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
403  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
404  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
405  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
406  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
407  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
408  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
409  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
410  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
411  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
412  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
413  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
414  *	attributes determining channel width.
415  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
416  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
417  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
418  *
419  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
420  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
421  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
422  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
423  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
424  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
425  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
426  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
427  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
428  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
429  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
430  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
431  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
432  *	frame).
433  *
434  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
435  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
436  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
437  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
438  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
439  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
440  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
441  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
442  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
443  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
444  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
445  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
446  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
447  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
448  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
449  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
450  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
451  *
452  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
453  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
454  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
455  *	global regdomain will be returned.
456  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
457  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
458  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
459  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
460  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
461  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
462  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
463  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
464  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
465  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
466  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
467  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
468  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
469  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
470  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
471  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
472  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
473  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
474  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
475  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
476  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
477  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
478  *
479  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
480  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
481  *
482  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
483  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
484  *
485  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
486  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
487  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
488  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
489  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
490  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
491  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
492  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
493  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
494  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
495  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
496  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
497  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
498  *
499  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
500  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
501  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
502  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
503  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
504  *	be used.
505  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
506  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
507  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
508  *	partial scan results may be available
509  *
510  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
511  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
512  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
513  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
514  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
515  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
516  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
517  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
518  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
519  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
520  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
521  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
522  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
523  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
524  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
525  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
526  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
527  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
528  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
529  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
530  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
531  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
532  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
533  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
534  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
535  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
536  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
537  *	results available.
538  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
539  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
540  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
541  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
542  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
543  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
544  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
545  *
546  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
547  *      or noise level
548  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
549  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
550  *
551  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
552  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
553  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
554  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
555  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
556  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
557  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
558  *	ESS.
559  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
560  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
561  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
562  *	authentication.
563  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
564  *
565  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
566  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
567  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
568  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
569  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
570  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
571  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
572  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
573  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
574  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
575  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
576  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
577  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
578  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
579  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
580  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
581  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
582  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
583  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
584  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
585  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
586  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
587  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
588  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
589  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
590  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
591  *
592  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
593  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
594  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
595  *	authentication process.
596  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
597  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
598  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
599  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
600  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
601  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
602  *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
603  *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
604  *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
605  *	to the frame.
606  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
607  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
608  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
609  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
610  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
611  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
612  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
613  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
614  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
615  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
616  *	pending authentication timed out).
617  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
618  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
619  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
620  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
621  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
622  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
623  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
624  *	included).
625  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
626  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
627  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
628  *	primitives).
629  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
630  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
631  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
632  *
633  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
634  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
635  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
636  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
637  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
638  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
639  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
640  *
641  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
642  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
643  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
644  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
645  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
646  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
647  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
648  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
649  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
650  *	determined by the network interface.
651  *
652  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
653  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
654  *	to the driver.
655  *
656  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
657  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
658  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
659  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
660  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
661  *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
662  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
663  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
664  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
666  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
667  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
668  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
669  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
670  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
671  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
672  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
673  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
674  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
675  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
676  *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
677  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
678  *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
679  *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
680  *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
681  *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
682  *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
683  *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
684  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
685  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
686  *	a different BSS is desired.
687  *	Background scan period can optionally be
688  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
689  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
690  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
691  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
692  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
693  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
694  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
695  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
696  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
697  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
698  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
699  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
700  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
701  *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
702  *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
703  *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
704  *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
705  *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
706  *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
707  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
708  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
709  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
710  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
711  *
712  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
713  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
714  *
715  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
716  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
717  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
718  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
719  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
720  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
721  *	frequency for the operation.
722  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
723  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
724  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
725  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
726  *	radio).
727  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
728  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
729  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
730  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
731  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
732  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
733  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
734  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
735  *	uniquely identify the request.
736  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
737  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
738  *
739  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
740  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
741  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
742  *
743  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
744  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
745  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
746  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
747  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
748  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
749  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
750  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
751  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
752  *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
753  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
754  *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
755  *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
756  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
757  *	backward compatibility
758  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
759  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
760  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
761  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
762  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
763  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
764  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
765  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
766  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
767  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
768  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
769  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
770  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
771  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
772  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
773  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
774  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
775  *	is used during CSA period.
776  *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
777  *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
778  *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
779  *	lower layers.
780  *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
781  *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
782  *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
783  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
784  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
785  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
786  *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
787  *	wait time.
788  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
789  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
790  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
791  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
792  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
793  *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
794  *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
795  *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
796  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
797  *	backward compatibility.
798  *
799  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
800  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
801  *
802  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
803  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
804  *	levels.
805  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
806  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
807  *	reached.
808  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
809  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
810  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
811  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
812  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
813  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
814  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
815  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
816  *	precedence when they are used.
817  *
818  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
819  *	(no longer supported).
820  *
821  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
822  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
823  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
824  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
825  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
826  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
827  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
828  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
829  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
830  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
831  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
832  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
833  *	command, the feature is disabled.
834  *
835  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
836  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
837  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
838  *	network is determined by the network interface.
839  *
840  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
841  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
842  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
843  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
844  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
845  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
846  *
847  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
848  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
849  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
850  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
851  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
852  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
853  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
854  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
855  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
856  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
857  *      depending on the authentication result.
858  *
859  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
860  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
861  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
862  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
863  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
864  *	more background information, see
865  *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
866  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
867  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
868  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
869  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
870  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
871  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
872  *
873  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
874  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
875  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
876  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
877  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
878  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
879  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
880  *
881  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
882  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
883  *
884  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
885  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
886  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
887  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
888  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
889  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
890  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
891  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
892  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
893  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
894  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
895  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
896  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
897  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
898  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
899  *
900  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
901  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
902  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
903  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
904  *	is received.
905  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
906  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
907  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
908  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
909  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
910  *
911  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
912  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
913  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
914  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
915  *
916  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
917  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
918  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
919  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
920  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
921  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
922  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
923  *
924  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
925  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
926  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
927  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
928  *
929  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
930  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
931  *
932  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
933  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
934  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
935  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
936  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
937  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
938  *
939  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
940  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
941  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
942  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
943  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
944  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
945  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
946  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
947  *
948  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
949  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
950  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
951  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
952  *	public action frame TX.
953  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
954  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
955  *
956  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
957  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
958  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
959  *	is used for this.
960  *
961  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
962  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
963  *
964  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
965  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
966  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
967  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
968  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
969  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
970  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
971  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
972  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
973  *
974  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
975  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
976  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
977  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
978  *	while operating on this channel.
979  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
980  *	event.
981  *
982  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
983  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
984  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
985  *
986  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
987  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
988  *
989  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
990  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
991  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
992  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
993  *
994  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
995  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
996  *	complete.
997  *
998  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
999  *	return back to normal.
1000  *
1001  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1002  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1003  *
1004  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1005  *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1006  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1007  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1008  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1009  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1010  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1011  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1012  *	switch is complete.
1013  *
1014  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1015  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1016  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1017  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1018  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1019  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1020  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1021  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1022  *
1023  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1024  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1025  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1026  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1027  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1028  *
1029  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1030  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1031  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1032  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1033  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1034  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1035  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1036  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1037  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1038  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1039  *	fail even if the check was successful.
1040  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1041  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1042  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1043  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1044  *
1045  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1046  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1047  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1048  *
1049  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1050  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1051  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1052  *	network is determined by the network interface.
1053  *
1054  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1055  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1056  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1057  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1058  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1059  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1060  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1061  *	AP.
1062  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1063  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1064  *	when this command completes.
1065  *
1066  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1067  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1068  *	management.
1069  *
1070  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1071  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1072  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
1073  *
1074  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1075  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1076  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1077  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1078  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
1079  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1080  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1081  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1082  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1083  *	added.
1084  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1085  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1086  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1087  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1088  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1089  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1090  *	of the function upon success.
1091  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1092  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1093  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1094  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1095  *	which just terminated.
1096  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1097  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1098  *	the response to this command.
1099  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1100  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1101  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1102  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1103  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1104  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1105  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1106  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1107  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1108  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1109  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1110  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1111  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1112  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1113  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1114  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1115  *
1116  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1117  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1118  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1119  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1120  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1121  *
1122  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1123  *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1124  *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1125  *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1126  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1127  *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1128  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1129  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1130  *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1131  *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1132  *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1133  *	should be indicated instead.
1134  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1135  *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1136  *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1137  *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1138  *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1139  *	802.11 headers.
1140  *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1141  *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1142  *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1143  *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1144  *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1145  *	address of that link.
1146  *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1147  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1148  *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1149  *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1150  *
1151  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1152  *
1153  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1154  *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1155  *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1156  *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1157  *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1158  *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1159  *
1160  *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1161  *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1162  *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1163  *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1164  *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1165  *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
1166  *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1167  *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1168  *	command interface.
1169  *
1170  *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1171  *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1172  *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1173  *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1174  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1175  *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1176  *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1177  *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1178  *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1179  *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1180  *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1181  *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1182  *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1183  *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1184  *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1185  *	authentication.
1186  *
1187  *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1188  *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1189  *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
1190  *
1191  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1192  *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1193  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1194  *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1195  *
1196  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1197  *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1198  *
1199  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1200  *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1201  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1202  *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1203  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1204  *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1205  *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1206  *	the netlink extended ack message.
1207  *
1208  *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1209  *
1210  *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1211  *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1212  *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1213  *	buffer size.
1214  *
1215  *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1216  *	multiple concurrent measurements.
1217  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1218  *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1219  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1220  *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1221  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1222  *
1223  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1224  *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1225  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1226  *	determining the width and type.
1227  *
1228  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1229  *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1230  *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1231  *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1232  *
1233  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1234  *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1235  *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1236  *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1237  *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1238  *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1239  *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1240  *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1241  *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1242  *	rate selection.
1243  *
1244  *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1245  *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1246  *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
1247  *
1248  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1249  *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1250  *
1251  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1252  *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1253  *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1254  *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1255  *
1256  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1257  *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1258  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1259  *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1260  *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1261  *
1262  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1263  *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1264  *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1265  *
1266  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1267  *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1268  *
1269  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1270  *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1271  *
1272  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1273  *	started
1274  *
1275  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1276  *	been aborted
1277  *
1278  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1279  *	has completed
1280  *
1281  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1282  *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1283  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1284  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1285  *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1286  *
1287  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1288  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1289  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1290  *      specify the timeout value.
1291  *
1292  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1293  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1294  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1295  *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1296  *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1297  *
1298  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1299  * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1300  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1301  *
1302  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1303  *	measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1304  *	is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1305  *	specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1306  *	all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1307  *	address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1308  *	HW timestamping.
1309  *	The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1310  *	is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1311  *
1312  * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1313  *	setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1314  *	Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1315  *	information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1316  *
1317  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1318  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1319  */
1320 enum nl80211_commands {
1321 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1322 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1323 
1324 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
1325 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1326 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1327 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1328 
1329 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
1330 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1331 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1332 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1333 
1334 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1335 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1336 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1337 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1338 
1339 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1340 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1341 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1342 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1343 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1344 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1345 
1346 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1347 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1348 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1349 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1350 
1351 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1352 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1353 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1354 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1355 
1356 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1357 
1358 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1359 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1360 
1361 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1362 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1363 
1364 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1365 
1366 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1367 
1368 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1369 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1370 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1371 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1372 
1373 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1374 
1375 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1376 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1377 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1378 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1379 
1380 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1381 
1382 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1383 
1384 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1385 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1386 
1387 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1388 
1389 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1390 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1391 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1392 
1393 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1394 
1395 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1396 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1397 
1398 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1399 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1400 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1401 
1402 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1403 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1404 
1405 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1406 
1407 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1408 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1409 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1410 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1411 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1412 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1413 
1414 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1415 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1416 
1417 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1418 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1419 
1420 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1421 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1422 
1423 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1424 
1425 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1426 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1427 
1428 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1429 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1430 
1431 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1432 
1433 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1434 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1435 
1436 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1437 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1438 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1439 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1440 
1441 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1442 
1443 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1444 
1445 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1446 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1447 
1448 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1449 
1450 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1451 
1452 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1453 
1454 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1455 
1456 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1457 
1458 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1459 
1460 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1461 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1462 
1463 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1464 
1465 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1466 
1467 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1468 
1469 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1470 
1471 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1472 
1473 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1474 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1475 
1476 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1477 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1478 
1479 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1480 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1481 
1482 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1483 
1484 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1485 
1486 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1487 
1488 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1489 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1490 
1491 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1492 
1493 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1494 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1495 
1496 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1497 
1498 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1499 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1500 
1501 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1502 
1503 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1504 
1505 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1506 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1507 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1508 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1509 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1510 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1511 
1512 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1513 
1514 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1515 
1516 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1517 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1518 
1519 	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1520 
1521 	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1522 
1523 	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1524 
1525 	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1526 
1527 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1528 
1529 	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1530 
1531 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1532 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1533 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1534 
1535 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1536 
1537 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1538 
1539 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1540 
1541 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1542 
1543 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1544 
1545 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1546 
1547 	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1548 
1549 	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1550 
1551 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1552 
1553 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1554 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1555 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1556 
1557 	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1558 
1559 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1560 
1561 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1562 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1563 
1564 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1565 	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1566 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1567 
1568 	NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1569 
1570 	NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1571 
1572 	/* add new commands above here */
1573 
1574 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1575 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1576 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1577 };
1578 
1579 /*
1580  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1581  * here
1582  */
1583 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1584 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1585 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1586 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1587 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1588 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1589 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1590 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1591 
1592 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1593 
1594 /* source-level API compatibility */
1595 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1596 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1597 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1598 
1599 /**
1600  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1601  *
1602  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1603  *
1604  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1605  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1606  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1607  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1608  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1609  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1610  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1611  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1612  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1613  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1614  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1615  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1616  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1617  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1618  *	operating channel center frequency.
1619  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1620  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1621  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1622  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1623  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1624  *		this attribute)
1625  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1626  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1627  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1628  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1629  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1630  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1631  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1632  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1633  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1634  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1635  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1636  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1637  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1638  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1639  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1640  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1641  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1642  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1643  *
1644  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1645  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1646  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1647  *
1648  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1649  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1650  *
1651  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1652  *
1653  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1654  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1655  *	keys
1656  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1657  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1658  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1659  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1660  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1662  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1663  *	default management key
1664  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1665  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1666  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1667  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1668  *
1669  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1670  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1671  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1672  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1673  *
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1675  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1676  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1677  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1678  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1679  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1680  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1681  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1682  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1683  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1684  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1685  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1686  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1687  *
1688  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1689  *	consisting of a nested array.
1690  *
1691  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1692  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1693  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1694  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1695  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1696  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1697  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1698  *
1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1700  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1701  *
1702  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1703  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1704  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1705  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1706  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1707  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1708  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1709  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1710  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1711  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1712  *	rules.
1713  *
1714  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1715  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1716  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1717  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1718  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1719  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1720  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1721  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1722  *
1723  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1724  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1725  *
1726  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1727  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1728  *	of the interface mode.
1729  *
1730  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1731  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1732  *
1733  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1734  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1735  *
1736  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1737  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1738  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1739  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1740  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1741  *	that can be added to a scan request
1742  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1743  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1744  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1745  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1746  *
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1748  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1749  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1751  *
1752  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1753  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1754  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1755  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1756  *
1757  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1758  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1759  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1760  *
1761  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1762  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1763  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1764  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1765  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1766  *	represented as a u32
1767  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1768  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1769  *
1770  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1771  *	a u32
1772  *
1773  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1774  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1775  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1776  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1777  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1778  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1779  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1780  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1781  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1782  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1783  *
1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1785  *	cipher suites
1786  *
1787  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1788  *	for other networks on different channels
1789  *
1790  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1791  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1792  *
1793  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1794  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1795  *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1796  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1797  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1798  *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1799  *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1800  *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1801  *
1802  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1803  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1804  *
1805  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1806  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1807  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1808  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1809  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1810  *	default in station mode.
1811  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1812  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1813  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1814  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1815  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1816  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1817  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1818  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1819  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1820  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1821  *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1822  *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1823  *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1824  *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1825  *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1826  *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1827  *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1828  *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1829  *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
1830  *
1831  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1832  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1833  *
1834  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1835  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1836  *	a local disconnect request.
1837  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1838  *	event (u16)
1839  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1840  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1841  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1842  *
1843  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1844  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1845  *	(an array of u32).
1846  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1847  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1848  *	u32).
1849  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1850  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1851  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1852  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1853  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1854  *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1855  *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1856  *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1857  *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1858  *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1859  *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1860  *
1861  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1862  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1863  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1864  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1865  *
1866  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1867  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1868  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1869  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1870  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1871  *
1872  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1873  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1874  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1875  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1876  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1877  *
1878  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1879  *
1880  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1881  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1882  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1883  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1884  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1885  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1886  *	completely from scratch.
1887  *
1888  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1889  *
1890  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1891  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1892  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1893  *
1894  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1895  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1896  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1897  *
1898  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1899  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1900  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1901  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1902  *
1903  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1904  *
1905  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1906  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1907  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1908  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1909  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1910  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1911  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1912  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1913  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1914  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1915  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1916  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1917  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1918  *
1919  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1920  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1921  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1922  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1923  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1924  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1925  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1926  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1927  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1928  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1929  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1930  *
1931  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1932  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1933  *
1934  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1935  *
1936  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1937  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1938  *
1939  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1940  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1941  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1942  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1943  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1944  *
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1946  *	connected to this BSS.
1947  *
1948  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1949  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1950  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1951  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1952  *      for non-automatic settings.
1953  *
1954  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1955  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1956  *
1957  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1958  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1959  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1960  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1961  *
1962  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1963  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1964  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1965  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1966  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1967  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1968  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1969  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1970  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1971  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1972  *
1973  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1974  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1975  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1976  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1977  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1978  *
1979  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1980  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1981  *
1982  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1983  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1984  *
1985  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1986  *
1987  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1988  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1989  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1990  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1991  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1992  *
1993  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1994  *
1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1996  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1997  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1998  *
1999  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
2000  *	changed once the mesh is active.
2001  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2002  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2003  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2004  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2005  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2007  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2008  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2009  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2010  *
2011  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2012  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2013  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2014  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2015  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2016  *	triggers.
2017  *
2018  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2019  *	cycles, in msecs.
2020  *
2021  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2022  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
2023  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
2024  *	pass-thru filter rules.
2025  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2026  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2027  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2028  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2029  *	able to ignore them by itself.
2030  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2031  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2032  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2033  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2034  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2035  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2036  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2037  *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
2038  *
2039  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2040  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2041  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2042  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2043  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2044  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2045  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2046  *
2047  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2048  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2049  *
2050  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2051  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2052  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2053  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2054  *
2055  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2056  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2057  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2058  *
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2060  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2061  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2062  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2063  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2064  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2065  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2066  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2067  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
2068  *
2069  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2070  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2071  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2072  *	as AP.
2073  *
2074  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2075  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2076  *
2077  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2078  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2079  *
2080  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2081  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2082  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2083  *	applications use this attribute.
2084  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2085  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2086  *
2087  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2088  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2089  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2090  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2091  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
2092  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2093  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2094  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2095  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
2096  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2097  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2098  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2099  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2100  *
2101  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2102  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2103  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2104  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2105  *
2106  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2107  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2108  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2109  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2110  *
2111  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2112  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2113  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2114  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
2115  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2116  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2117  *
2118  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2119  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2120  *	to be filled by the FW.
2121  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2122  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2123  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2124  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2125  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2126  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2127  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2128  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2129  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2130  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2131  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2132  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2133  *      The values that may be configured are:
2134  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2135  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2136  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2137  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2138  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2139  *
2140  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2141  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2142  *    to one DFS region.
2143  *
2144  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2145  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2146  *
2147  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2148  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2149  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2150  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2151  *	capability to timeout the stations.
2152  *
2153  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2154  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2155  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2156  *
2157  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2158  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2159  *
2160  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2161  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2162  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2163  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2164  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2165  *
2166  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2167  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2168  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2169  *
2170  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2171  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2172  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2173  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2174  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2175  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2176  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2177  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2178  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2179  *	consistent.
2180  *
2181  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2182  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2183  *
2184  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2185  *
2186  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2187  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2188  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2189  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2190  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2191  *	no change is made.
2192  *
2193  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2194  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2195  *
2196  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2197  *	carried in a u32 attribute
2198  *
2199  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2200  *	MAC ACL.
2201  *
2202  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2203  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2204  *	ACL.
2205  *
2206  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2207  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2208  *
2209  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2210  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2211  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2212  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2213  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2214  *
2215  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2216  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2217  *
2218  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2219  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2220  *	and PU-APSD.
2221  *
2222  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2223  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2224  *
2225  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2226  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2227  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
2228  *
2229  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2230  *
2231  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2232  *	Element
2233  *
2234  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2235  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2236  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2237  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2238  *
2239  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2240  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2241  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2242  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2243  *
2244  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2245  *
2246  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2247  *	until the channel switch event.
2248  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2249  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2250  *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2251  *	was requested by the AP.
2252  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2253  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
2254  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2255  *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2256  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2257  *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2258  *
2259  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2260  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2261  *
2262  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2263  *
2264  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2265  *      operating classes.
2266  *
2267  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2268  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2269  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2270  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2271  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2272  *	IBSS network.
2273  *
2274  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2275  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2276  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2277  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2278  *
2279  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2280  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
2281  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2282  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2283  *	u8 attribute.
2284  *
2285  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2286  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2287  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2288  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2289  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2290  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2291  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
2292  *
2293  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2294  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2295  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2296  *
2297  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2298  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2299  *
2300  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2301  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2302  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2303  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2304  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2305  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2306  *
2307  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2308  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2309  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2310  *	supported number of csa counters.
2311  *
2312  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2313  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2314  *
2315  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2316  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2317  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2318  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2319  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2320  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
2321  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2322  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2323  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2324  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
2325  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2326  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2327  *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2328  *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2329  *	multicast group.
2330  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2331  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2332  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2333  *	torn down when the socket is closed.
2334  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2335  *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2336  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2337  *	disabled when the socket is closed.
2338  *
2339  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2340  *	the TDLS link initiator.
2341  *
2342  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2343  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2344  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2345  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2346  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2347  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2348  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2349  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2350  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2351  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2352  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2353  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2354  *
2355  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2356  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2357  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2358  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2359  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
2360  *
2361  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2362  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2363  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2364  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
2365  *
2366  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2367  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2368  *
2369  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2370  *
2371  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2372  *
2373  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2374  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2375  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2376  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
2377  *
2378  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2379  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2380  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2381  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2382  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2383  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
2384  *
2385  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2386  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2387  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2388  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2389  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2390  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2391  *	over all channels.
2392  *
2393  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2394  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2395  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2396  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2397 
2398  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2399  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2400  *
2401  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2402  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2403  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2404  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2405  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2406  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2407  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2408  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2409  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2410  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2411  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2412  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2413  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2414  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2415  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2416  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2417  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2418  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2419  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2420  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2421  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2422  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2423  *
2424  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2425  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2426  *
2427  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2428  *
2429  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2430  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2431  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2432  *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2433  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2434  *	present.
2435  *
2436  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2437  *	groupID for monitor mode.
2438  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2439  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2440  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2441  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
2442  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2443  *	each group.
2444  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2445  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
2446  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2447  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2448  *	groupID data.
2449  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2450  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2451  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2452  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2453  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2454  *
2455  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2456  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2457  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2458  *	attribute must not be included).
2459  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2460  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2461  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2462  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2463  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2464  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2465  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2466  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2467  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2468  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2469  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2470  *
2471  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2472  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2473  *
2474  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2475  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2476  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2477  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2478  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2479  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2480  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2481  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2482  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2483  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2484  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2485  *	the device will decide what to use.
2486  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2487  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2488  *	attribute.
2489  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2490  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2491  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2492  *	protection.
2493  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2494  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2495  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2496  *
2497  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2498  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2499  *
2500  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2501  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2502  *
2503  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2504  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2505  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2506  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2507  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2508  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2509  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2510  *
2511  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2512  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2513  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2514  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2515  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2516  *
2517  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2518  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2519  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2520  *
2521  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2522  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2523  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2524  *
2525  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2526  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2527  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2528  *
2529  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2530  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2531  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2532  *
2533  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2534  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2535  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2536  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2537  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2538  *
2539  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2540  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2541  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2542  *
2543  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2544  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2545  *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2546  *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2547  *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2548  *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2549  *	is included as well.
2550  *
2551  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2552  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2553  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2554  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2555  *
2556  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2557  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2558  *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2559  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2560  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2561  *
2562  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2563  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2564  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2565  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2566  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2567  *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2568  *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2569  *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2570  *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2571  *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2572  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2573  *
2574  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2575  *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2576  *
2577  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2578  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2579  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2580  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2581  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2582  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2583  *      enforced.
2584  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2585  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2586  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2587  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2588  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2589  *
2590  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2591  *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2592  *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2593  *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2594  *
2595  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2596  *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2597  *
2598  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2599  *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2600  *	invalid value.
2601  *
2602  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2603  *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
2604  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2605  *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2606  *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2607  *
2608  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2609  *	scheduler.
2610  *
2611  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2612  *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2613  *	possible values.
2614  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2615  *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2616  *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2617  *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2618  *	or per-station.
2619  *
2620  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2621  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2622  *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2623  *
2624  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2625  *
2626  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2627  *	functionality.
2628  *
2629  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2630  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2631  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2632  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2633  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2634  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2635  *
2636  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2637  *	(u16).
2638  *
2639  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2640  *
2641  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2642  *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2643  *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2644  *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2645  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2646  *	advertised for a specific interface type.
2647  *
2648  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2649  *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2650  *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2651  *	attributes.
2652  *
2653  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2654  *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2655  *
2656  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2657  *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2658  *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2659  *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2660  *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2661  *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2662  *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2663  *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2664  *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2665  *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2666  *
2667  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2668  *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2669  *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2670  *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2671  *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2672  *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2673  *	has expired.
2674  *
2675  *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2676  *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2677  *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2678  *	disassociation is still forced.
2679  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2680  *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2681  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2682  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2683  *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2684  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2685  *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2686  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2687  *
2688  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2689  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2690  *
2691  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2692  *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2693  *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2694  *
2695  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2696  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2697  *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2698  *
2699  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2700  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2701  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2702  *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2703  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2704  *
2705  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2706  *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2707  *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2708  *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2709  *
2710  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2711  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2712  *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2713  *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2714  *
2715  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2716  *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2717  *	is desired.
2718  *
2719  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2720  *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2721  *
2722  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2723  *	until the color switch event.
2724  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2725  *	switching to
2726  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2727  *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
2728  *
2729  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2730  *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2731  *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2732  *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2733  *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2734  *	parameters.
2735  *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2736  *
2737  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2738  *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2739  *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2740  *
2741  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2742  *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2743  *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2744  *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2745  *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2746  *	radar channel.
2747  *
2748  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2749  *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2750  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2751  *
2752  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2753  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2754  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2755  *
2756  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2757  *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2758  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2759  *	per-link information and a link ID.
2760  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2761  *	authenticate/associate.
2762  *
2763  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2764  *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2765  *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2766  *
2767  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2768  *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2769  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2770  *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2771  *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2772  *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2773  *
2774  * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2775  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2776  *
2777  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2778  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2779  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2780  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2781  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2782  *	the ack TX timestamp.
2783  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2784  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2785  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2786  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2787  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2788  *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2789  * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2790  *	(re)associations.
2791  *
2792  * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2793  *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2794  *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2795  *	reserved.
2796  *
2797  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2798  *	timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2799  *	A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2800  *	an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2801  * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2802  *	be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2803  *
2804  * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2805  *	reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2806  *	only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2807  *	Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2808  *	elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2809  *	profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2810  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2811  *	will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2812  *	index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2813  *	MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2814  *
2815  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2816  *	disabled.
2817  *
2818  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2819  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2820  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2821  */
2822 enum nl80211_attrs {
2823 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2824 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2825 
2826 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2827 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2828 
2829 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2830 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2831 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2832 
2833 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2834 
2835 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2836 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2837 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2838 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2839 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2840 
2841 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2842 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2843 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2844 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2845 
2846 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2847 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2848 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2849 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2850 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2851 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2852 
2853 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2854 
2855 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2856 
2857 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2858 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2859 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2860 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2861 
2862 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2863 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2864 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2865 
2866 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2867 
2868 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2869 
2870 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2871 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2872 
2873 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2874 
2875 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2876 
2877 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2878 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2879 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2880 
2881 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2882 
2883 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2884 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2885 
2886 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2887 
2888 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2889 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2890 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2891 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2892 
2893 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2894 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2895 
2896 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2897 
2898 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2899 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2900 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2901 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2902 
2903 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2904 
2905 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2906 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2907 
2908 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2909 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2910 
2911 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2912 
2913 
2914 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2915 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2916 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2917 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2918 
2919 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2920 
2921 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2922 
2923 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2924 
2925 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2926 
2927 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2928 
2929 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2930 
2931 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2932 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2933 
2934 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2935 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2936 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2937 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2938 
2939 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2940 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2941 
2942 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2943 
2944 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2945 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2946 
2947 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2948 
2949 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2950 
2951 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2952 
2953 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2954 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2955 
2956 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2957 
2958 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2959 
2960 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2961 
2962 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2963 
2964 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2965 
2966 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2967 
2968 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2969 
2970 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2971 
2972 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2973 
2974 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2975 
2976 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2977 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2978 
2979 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2980 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2981 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2982 
2983 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2984 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2985 
2986 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2987 
2988 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2989 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2990 
2991 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2992 
2993 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2994 
2995 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2996 
2997 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2998 
2999 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3000 
3001 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3002 
3003 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3004 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3005 
3006 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3007 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3008 
3009 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3010 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3011 
3012 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3013 
3014 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3015 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3016 
3017 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3018 
3019 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3020 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3021 
3022 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3023 
3024 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3025 
3026 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3027 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3028 
3029 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3030 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3031 
3032 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3033 
3034 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3035 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3036 
3037 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3038 
3039 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3040 
3041 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3042 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3043 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3044 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3045 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3046 
3047 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3048 
3049 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3050 
3051 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3052 
3053 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3054 
3055 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3056 
3057 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3058 
3059 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3060 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3061 
3062 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3063 
3064 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3065 
3066 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3067 
3068 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3069 
3070 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3071 
3072 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3073 
3074 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3075 
3076 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3077 
3078 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3079 
3080 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3081 
3082 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3083 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3084 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3085 
3086 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3087 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3088 
3089 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3090 
3091 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3092 
3093 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3094 
3095 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3096 
3097 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3098 
3099 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3100 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3101 
3102 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3103 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3104 
3105 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3106 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3107 
3108 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3109 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3110 
3111 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3112 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3113 
3114 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3115 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3116 
3117 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3118 
3119 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3120 
3121 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3122 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3123 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3124 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3125 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3126 
3127 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3128 
3129 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3130 
3131 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3132 
3133 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3134 
3135 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3136 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3137 
3138 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3139 
3140 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3141 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3142 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3143 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3144 
3145 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3146 
3147 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3148 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3149 
3150 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3151 
3152 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3153 
3154 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3155 
3156 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3157 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3158 
3159 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3160 
3161 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3162 
3163 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3164 
3165 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3166 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3167 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3168 
3169 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3170 
3171 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3172 
3173 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3174 
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3176 
3177 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3178 
3179 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3180 
3181 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3182 
3183 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3184 
3185 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3186 
3187 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3188 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3189 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3190 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3191 
3192 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3193 
3194 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3195 
3196 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3197 
3198 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3199 
3200 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3201 
3202 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3203 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3204 
3205 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3206 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3207 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3208 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3209 
3210 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3211 
3212 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3213 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3214 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3215 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3216 
3217 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3218 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3219 
3220 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3221 
3222 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3223 
3224 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3225 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3226 
3227 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3228 
3229 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3230 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3231 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3232 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3233 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3234 
3235 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3236 
3237 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3238 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3239 
3240 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3241 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3242 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3243 
3244 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3245 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3246 
3247 	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3248 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3249 
3250 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3251 
3252 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3253 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3254 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3255 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3256 
3257 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3258 
3259 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3260 
3261 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3262 
3263 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3264 
3265 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3266 
3267 	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3268 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3269 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3270 
3271 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3272 
3273 	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3274 
3275 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3276 
3277 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3278 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3279 
3280 	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3281 
3282 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3283 
3284 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3285 
3286 	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3287 
3288 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3289 
3290 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3291 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3292 
3293 	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3294 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3295 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3296 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3297 
3298 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3299 
3300 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3301 
3302 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3303 
3304 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3305 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3306 
3307 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3308 
3309 	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3310 
3311 	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3312 
3313 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3314 
3315 	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3316 
3317 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3318 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3319 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3320 
3321 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3322 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3323 
3324 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3325 
3326 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3327 
3328 	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3329 
3330 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3331 
3332 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3333 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3334 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3335 
3336 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3337 
3338 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3339 
3340 	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3341 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3342 
3343 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3344 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3345 	NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3346 
3347 	NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3348 
3349 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3350 	NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3351 
3352 	NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3353 
3354 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3355 
3356 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3357 
3358 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3359 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3360 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3361 };
3362 
3363 /* source-level API compatibility */
3364 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3365 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3366 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3367 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3368 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3369 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3370 
3371 /*
3372  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3373  * here
3374  */
3375 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3376 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3377 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3378 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3379 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3380 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3381 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3382 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3383 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3384 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3385 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3386 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3387 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3388 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3389 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3390 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3391 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3392 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3393 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3394 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3395 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3396 
3397 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
3398 
3399 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
3400 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
3401 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
3402 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
3403 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
3404 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
3405 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
3406 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
3407 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3408 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3409 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
3410 
3411 /*
3412  * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3413  * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3414  */
3415 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
3416 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3417 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3418 
3419 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
3420 
3421 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3422 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
3423 
3424 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
3425 
3426 /**
3427  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3428  *
3429  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3430  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3431  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3432  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3433  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3434  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3435  *	AP type interface.
3436  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3437  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3438  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3439  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3440  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3441  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3442  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3443  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3444  *	commands to create and destroy one
3445  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3446  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3447  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3448  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3449  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3450  *
3451  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3452  * to set the type of an interface.
3453  *
3454  */
3455 enum nl80211_iftype {
3456 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3457 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3458 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3459 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3460 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3461 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3462 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3463 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3464 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3465 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3466 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3467 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3468 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3469 
3470 	/* keep last */
3471 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3472 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3473 };
3474 
3475 /**
3476  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3477  *
3478  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3479  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3480  *
3481  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3482  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3483  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3484  *	with short barker preamble
3485  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3486  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3487  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3488  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3489  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3490  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3491  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3492  *	as errors.)
3493  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3494  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3495  *	previously added station into associated state
3496  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3497  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3498  */
3499 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3500 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3501 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3502 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3503 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3504 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3505 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3506 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3507 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3508 
3509 	/* keep last */
3510 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3511 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3512 };
3513 
3514 /**
3515  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3516  *
3517  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3518  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3519  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3520  */
3521 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3522 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3523 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3524 
3525 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3526 };
3527 
3528 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3529 
3530 /**
3531  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3532  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3533  * @set: which values to set them to
3534  *
3535  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3536  */
3537 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3538 	__u32 mask;
3539 	__u32 set;
3540 } __attribute__((packed));
3541 
3542 /**
3543  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3544  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3545  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3546  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3547  */
3548 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3549 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3550 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3551 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3552 };
3553 
3554 /**
3555  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3556  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3557  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3558  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3559  */
3560 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3561 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3562 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3563 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3564 };
3565 
3566 /**
3567  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3568  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3569  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3570  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3571  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3572  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3573  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3574  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3575  */
3576 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3577 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3578 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3579 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3580 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3581 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3582 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3583 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3584 };
3585 
3586 /**
3587  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3588  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3589  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3590  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3591  */
3592 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3593 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3594 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3595 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3596 };
3597 
3598 /**
3599  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3600  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3601  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3602  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3603  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3604  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3605  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3606  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3607  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3608  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3609  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3610  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3611  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3612  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3613  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3614  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3615  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3616  */
3617 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3618 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3619 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3620 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3621 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3622 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3623 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3624 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3625 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3626 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3627 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3628 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3629 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3630 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3631 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3632 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3633 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3634 };
3635 
3636 /**
3637  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3638  *
3639  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3640  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3641  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3642  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3643  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3644  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3645  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3646  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3647  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3648  *
3649  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3650  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3651  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3652  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3653  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3654  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3655  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3656  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3657  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3658  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3659  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3660  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3661  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3662  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3663  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3664  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
3665  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3666  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3667  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3668  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3669  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3670  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3671  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3672  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3673  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3674  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3675  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3676  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3677  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3678  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3679  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3680  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3681  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3682  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3683  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3684  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3685  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3686  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3687  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3688  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3689  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3690  */
3691 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3692 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3693 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3694 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3695 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3696 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3697 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3698 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3699 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3700 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3701 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3702 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3703 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3704 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3705 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3706 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3707 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3708 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3709 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3710 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3711 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3712 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3713 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3714 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3715 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3716 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3717 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3718 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3719 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3720 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3721 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3722 
3723 	/* keep last */
3724 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3725 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3726 };
3727 
3728 /**
3729  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3730  *
3731  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3732  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3733  *
3734  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3735  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3736  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3737  *	(flag)
3738  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3739  *	(flag)
3740  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3741  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3742  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3743  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3744  */
3745 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3746 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3747 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3748 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3749 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3750 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3751 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3752 
3753 	/* keep last */
3754 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3755 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3756 };
3757 
3758 /**
3759  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3760  *
3761  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3762  * when getting information about a station.
3763  *
3764  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3765  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3766  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3767  *	(u32, from this station)
3768  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3769  *	(u32, to this station)
3770  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3771  *	(u64, from this station)
3772  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3773  *	(u64, to this station)
3774  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3775  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3776  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3777  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3778  *	(u32, from this station)
3779  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3780  *	(u32, to this station)
3781  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3782  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3783  *	(u32, to this station)
3784  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3785  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3786  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3787  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3788  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3789  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3790  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3791  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3792  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3793  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3794  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3795  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3796  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3797  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3798  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3799  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3800  *	non-peer STA
3801  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3802  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3803  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3804  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3805  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3806  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3807  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3808  *	(u64)
3809  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3810  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3811  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3812  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3813  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3814  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3815  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3816  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
3817  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3818  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
3819  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3820  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3821  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3822  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3823  *	(u32, from this station)
3824  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3825  *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3826  *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3827  *	might not be fully accurate.
3828  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3829  *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3830  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3831  *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
3832  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3833  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3834  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3835  *	of STA's association
3836  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3837  *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3838  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3839  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3840  */
3841 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3842 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3843 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3844 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3845 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3846 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3847 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3848 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3849 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3850 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3851 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3852 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3853 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3854 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3855 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3856 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3857 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3858 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3859 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3860 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3861 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3862 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3863 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3864 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3865 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3866 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3867 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3868 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3869 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3870 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3871 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3872 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3873 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3874 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3875 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3876 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3877 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3878 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3879 	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3880 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3881 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3882 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3883 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3884 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3885 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3886 
3887 	/* keep last */
3888 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3889 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3890 };
3891 
3892 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3893 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3894 
3895 
3896 /**
3897  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3898  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3899  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3900  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3901  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
3902  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3903  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3904  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3905  *	MSDUs (u64)
3906  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3907  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3908  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3909  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3910  */
3911 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3912 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3913 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3914 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3915 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3916 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3917 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3918 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3919 
3920 	/* keep last */
3921 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3922 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3923 };
3924 
3925 /**
3926  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3927  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3928  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3929  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3930  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3931  *      backlogged
3932  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3933  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3934  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3935  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3936  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3937  *      (only for per-phy stats)
3938  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3939  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3940  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3941  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3942  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3943  */
3944 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3945 	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3946 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3947 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3948 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3949 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3950 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3951 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3952 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3953 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3954 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3955 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3956 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3957 
3958 	/* keep last */
3959 	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3960 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3961 };
3962 
3963 /**
3964  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3965  *
3966  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3967  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3968  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3969  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3970  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3971  */
3972 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3973 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
3974 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
3975 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
3976 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
3977 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
3978 };
3979 
3980 /**
3981  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3982  *
3983  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3984  * information about a mesh path.
3985  *
3986  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3987  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3988  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3989  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3990  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3991  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3992  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3993  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3994  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3995  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3996  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3997  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3998  *	currently defined
3999  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4000  */
4001 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4002 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4003 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4004 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4005 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4006 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4007 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4008 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4009 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4010 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4011 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4012 
4013 	/* keep last */
4014 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4015 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4016 };
4017 
4018 /**
4019  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4020  *
4021  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4022  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4023  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
4024  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4025  *     capabilities IE
4026  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4027  *     capabilities IE
4028  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4029  *     capabilities IE
4030  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4031  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
4032  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4033  *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
4034  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4035  *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4036  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4037  *	capabilities element
4038  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4039  *	capabilities element
4040  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4041  *	capabilities element
4042  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4043  *	defined in EHT capabilities element
4044  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4045  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4046  */
4047 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4048 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4049 
4050 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4051 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4052 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4053 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4054 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4055 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4056 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4057 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4058 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4059 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4060 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4061 
4062 	/* keep last */
4063 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4064 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4065 };
4066 
4067 /**
4068  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4069  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4070  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4071  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
4072  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4073  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
4074  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4075  *	defined in 802.11n
4076  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4077  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4078  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4079  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4080  *	defined in 802.11ac
4081  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4082  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4083  *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4084  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4085  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4086  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4087  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4088  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4089  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4090  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4091  *	set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4092  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4093  *	S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4094  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4095  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4096  */
4097 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4098 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4099 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4100 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4101 
4102 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4103 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4104 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4105 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4106 
4107 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4108 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4109 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4110 
4111 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4112 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4113 
4114 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4115 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4116 
4117 	/* keep last */
4118 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4119 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4120 };
4121 
4122 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4123 
4124 /**
4125  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4126  *
4127  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4128  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4129  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4130  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4131  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4132  * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4133  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4134  */
4135 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4136 	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4137 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4138 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4139 	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4140 	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4141 
4142 	/* keep last */
4143 	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4144 	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4145 };
4146 
4147 /**
4148  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4149  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4150  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4151  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4152  *	regulatory domain.
4153  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4154  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4155  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4156  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4157  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4158  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4159  *	(100 * dBm).
4160  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4161  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4162  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4163  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
4164  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4165  *	channel as the control channel
4166  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4167  *	channel as the control channel
4168  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4169  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4170  *	this includes 80+80 channels
4171  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4172  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4173  *	isn't possible
4174  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4175  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4176  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4177  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4178  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4179  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4180  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4181  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4182  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4183  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4184  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4185  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4186  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4187  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4188  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4189  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4190  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4191  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4192  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4193  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4194  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4195  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4196  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4197  *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4198  *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4199  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4200  *	in current regulatory domain.
4201  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4202  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4203  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4204  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4205  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4206  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4207  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4208  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4209  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4210  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4211  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4212  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4213  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4214  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4215  *	in current regulatory domain.
4216  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4217  *	currently defined
4218  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4219  *
4220  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4221  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4222  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4223  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4224  */
4225 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4226 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4227 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4228 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4229 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4230 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4231 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4232 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4233 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4234 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4235 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4236 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4237 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4238 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4239 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4240 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4241 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4242 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4243 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4244 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4245 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4246 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4247 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4248 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4249 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4250 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4251 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4252 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4253 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4254 
4255 	/* keep last */
4256 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4257 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4258 };
4259 
4260 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4261 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4262 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4263 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4264 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4265 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4266 
4267 /**
4268  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4269  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4270  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4271  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4272  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
4273  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4274  *	currently defined
4275  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4276  */
4277 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4278 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4279 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4280 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4281 
4282 	/* keep last */
4283 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4284 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4285 };
4286 
4287 /**
4288  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4289  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4290  * 	regulatory domain.
4291  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4292  * 	regulatory domain.
4293  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4294  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4295  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4296  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4297  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4298  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4299  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4300  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4301  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4302  */
4303 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4304 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4305 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4306 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4307 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4308 };
4309 
4310 /**
4311  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4312  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4313  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4314  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4315  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4316  * 	domain.
4317  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4318  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4319  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4320  * 	them to be applied.
4321  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4322  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4323  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4324  *	domain request to be processed.
4325  */
4326 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4327 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4328 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4329 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4330 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4331 };
4332 
4333 /**
4334  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4335  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4336  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4337  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4338  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4339  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4340  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4341  * 	band edge.
4342  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4343  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4344  * 	band edge.
4345  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4346  *	frequency range, in KHz.
4347  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4348  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4349  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
4350  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4351  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4352  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4353  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4354  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4355  *	currently defined
4356  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4357  */
4358 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4359 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4360 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4361 
4362 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4363 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4364 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4365 
4366 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4367 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4368 
4369 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4370 
4371 	/* keep last */
4372 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4373 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4374 };
4375 
4376 /**
4377  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4378  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4379  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4380  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
4381  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4382  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4383  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4384  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4385  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4386  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4387  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4388  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4389  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4390  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4391  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4392  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
4393  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4394  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4395  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4396  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4397  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4398  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
4399  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4400  *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4401  *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4402  *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4403  *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4404  *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4405  *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4406  *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4407  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4408  *	attribute number currently defined
4409  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4410  */
4411 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4412 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4413 
4414 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4415 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4416 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4417 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4418 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4419 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4420 
4421 	/* keep last */
4422 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4423 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4424 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4425 };
4426 
4427 /* only for backward compatibility */
4428 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4429 
4430 /**
4431  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4432  *
4433  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4434  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4435  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4436  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4437  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4438  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4439  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4440  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4441  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4442  * 	beaconing.
4443  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4444  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4445  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4446  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4447  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4448  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4449  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4450  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4451  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4452  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4453  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4454  */
4455 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4456 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
4457 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
4458 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
4459 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
4460 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
4461 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
4462 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
4463 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
4464 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
4465 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
4466 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
4467 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
4468 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
4469 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
4470 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
4471 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
4472 	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
4473 	NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT		= 1<<19,
4474 };
4475 
4476 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4477 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4478 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4479 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4480 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4481 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4482 
4483 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4484 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4485 
4486 /**
4487  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4488  *
4489  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4490  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4491  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4492  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4493  */
4494 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4495 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
4496 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
4497 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
4498 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
4499 };
4500 
4501 /**
4502  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4503  *
4504  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4505  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
4506  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4507  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4508  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4509  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4510  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4511  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4512  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
4513  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4514  *	supported feature.
4515  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4516  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4517  */
4518 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4519 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
4520 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4521 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4522 };
4523 
4524 /**
4525  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4526  *
4527  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4528  * when getting information about a survey.
4529  *
4530  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4531  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4532  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4533  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4534  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4535  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
4536  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4537  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4538  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4539  *	channel was sensed busy
4540  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4541  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
4542  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4543  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4544  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4545  *	(on this channel or globally)
4546  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4547  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4548  *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4549  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4550  *	currently defined
4551  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4552  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4553  */
4554 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4555 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4556 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4557 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4558 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4559 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4560 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4561 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4562 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4563 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4564 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4565 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4566 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4567 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4568 
4569 	/* keep last */
4570 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4571 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4572 };
4573 
4574 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4575 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4576 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4577 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4578 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4579 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4580 
4581 /**
4582  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4583  *
4584  * Monitor configuration flags.
4585  *
4586  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4587  *
4588  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4589  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4590  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4591  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4592  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4593  *	overrides all other flags.
4594  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4595  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4596  *
4597  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4598  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4599  */
4600 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4601 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4602 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4603 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4604 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4605 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4606 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4607 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4608 
4609 	/* keep last */
4610 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4611 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4612 };
4613 
4614 /**
4615  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4616  *
4617  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4618  *	not known or has not been set yet.
4619  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4620  *	in Awake state all the time.
4621  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4622  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4623  *	neighbor's beacons.
4624  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4625  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4626  *	for neighbor's beacons.
4627  *
4628  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4629  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4630  */
4631 
4632 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4633 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4634 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4635 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4636 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4637 
4638 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4639 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4640 };
4641 
4642 /**
4643  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4644  *
4645  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4646  * active.
4647  *
4648  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4649  *
4650  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4651  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4652  *
4653  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4654  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4655  *
4656  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4657  *	millisecond units
4658  *
4659  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4660  *	on this mesh interface
4661  *
4662  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4663  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4664  *	mesh
4665  *
4666  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4667  *	point.
4668  *
4669  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4670  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4671  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4672  *	set.
4673  *
4674  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4675  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4676  *	target)
4677  *
4678  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4679  *	(in milliseconds)
4680  *
4681  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4682  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4683  *
4684  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4685  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4686  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4687  *
4688  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4689  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4690  *	reference element
4691  *
4692  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4693  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4694  *	mesh
4695  *
4696  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4697  *
4698  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4699  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
4700  *
4701  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4702  *	root announcements are transmitted.
4703  *
4704  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4705  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4706  *	Announcement frames.
4707  *
4708  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4709  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4710  *	PERR element.
4711  *
4712  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4713  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4714  *
4715  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4716  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4717  *	a peer link.
4718  *
4719  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4720  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4721  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
4722  *
4723  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4724  *
4725  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4726  *
4727  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4728  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4729  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4730  *
4731  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4732  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4733  *
4734  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4735  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4736  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4737  *
4738  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4739  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4740  *
4741  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4742  *
4743  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4744  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4745  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4746  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4747  *
4748  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4749  *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4750  *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4751  *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4752  *
4753  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4754  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4755  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4756  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4757  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4758  *
4759  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4760  *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4761  *	in the mesh formation field.
4762  *
4763  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4764  */
4765 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4766 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4767 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4768 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4769 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4770 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4771 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4772 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4773 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4774 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4775 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4776 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4777 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4778 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4779 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4780 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4781 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4782 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4783 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4784 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4785 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4786 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4787 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4788 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4789 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4790 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4791 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4792 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4793 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4794 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4795 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4796 	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4797 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4798 
4799 	/* keep last */
4800 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4801 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4802 };
4803 
4804 /**
4805  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4806  *
4807  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4808  * changed while the mesh is active.
4809  *
4810  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4811  *
4812  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4813  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4814  *	default HWMP.
4815  *
4816  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4817  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4818  *	metric.
4819  *
4820  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4821  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4822  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4823  *	metrics in use.
4824  *
4825  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4826  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4827  *
4828  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4829  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4830  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4831  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4832  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4833  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4834  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4835  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4836  *	userspace daemon.
4837  *
4838  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4839  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4840  *	neighbor offset synchronization
4841  *
4842  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4843  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4844  *
4845  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4846  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4847  *	Default is no authentication method required.
4848  *
4849  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4850  *
4851  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4852  */
4853 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4854 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4855 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4856 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4857 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4858 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4859 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4860 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4861 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4862 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4863 
4864 	/* keep last */
4865 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4866 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4867 };
4868 
4869 /**
4870  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4871  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4872  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4873  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4874  *	disabled
4875  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4876  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4877  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4878  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4879  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4880  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4881  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4882  */
4883 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4884 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4885 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4886 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4887 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4888 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4889 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4890 
4891 	/* keep last */
4892 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4893 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4894 };
4895 
4896 enum nl80211_ac {
4897 	NL80211_AC_VO,
4898 	NL80211_AC_VI,
4899 	NL80211_AC_BE,
4900 	NL80211_AC_BK,
4901 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
4902 };
4903 
4904 /* backward compat */
4905 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4906 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
4907 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
4908 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
4909 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
4910 
4911 /**
4912  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4913  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4914  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4915  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4916  *	below the control channel
4917  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4918  *	above the control channel
4919  */
4920 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4921 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4922 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4923 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4924 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4925 };
4926 
4927 /**
4928  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4929  *
4930  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4931  *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4932  *
4933  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4934  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4935  *
4936  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4937  *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4938  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4939  *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4940  *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
4941  */
4942 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4943 	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4944 	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4945 	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4946 };
4947 
4948 /**
4949  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4950  *
4951  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4952  * attribute.
4953  *
4954  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4955  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4956  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4957  *	attribute must be provided as well
4958  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4959  *	attribute must be provided as well
4960  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4961  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4962  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4963  *	attribute must be provided as well
4964  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4965  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4966  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4967  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4968  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4969  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4970  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4971  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4972  *	attribute must be provided as well
4973  */
4974 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4975 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4976 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4977 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4978 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4979 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4980 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4981 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4982 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4983 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4984 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4985 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4986 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4987 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4988 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4989 };
4990 
4991 /**
4992  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4993  *
4994  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4995  *
4996  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4997  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4998  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4999  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5000  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5001  */
5002 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5003 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5004 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5005 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5006 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5007 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5008 };
5009 
5010 /**
5011  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5012  *
5013  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5014  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5015  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5016  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5017  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5018  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5019  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5020  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5021  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5022  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5023  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5024  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5025  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5026  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
5027  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5028  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5029  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5030  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5031  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5032  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5033  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5034  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5035  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5036  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5037  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5038  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5039  *	yet been received
5040  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5041  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
5042  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5043  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5044  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5045  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5046  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5047  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5048  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5049  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5050  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5051  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5052  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5053  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5054  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5055  *	is set.
5056  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5057  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5058  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5059  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5060  * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5061  * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5062  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5063  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5064  */
5065 enum nl80211_bss {
5066 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5067 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5068 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5069 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5070 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5071 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5072 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5073 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5074 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5075 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5076 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5077 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5078 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5079 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5080 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5081 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5082 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5083 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5084 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5085 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5086 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5087 	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5088 	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5089 
5090 	/* keep last */
5091 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5092 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5093 };
5094 
5095 /**
5096  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5097  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5098  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5099  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5100  *	a given BSS.
5101  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5102  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5103  *
5104  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5105  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5106  */
5107 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5108 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5109 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5110 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5111 };
5112 
5113 /**
5114  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5115  *
5116  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5117  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5118  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5119  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5120  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5121  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5122  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5123  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5124  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5125  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5126  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5127  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5128  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5129  */
5130 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5131 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5132 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5133 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5134 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5135 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5136 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5137 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5138 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5139 
5140 	/* keep last */
5141 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5142 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5143 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5144 };
5145 
5146 /**
5147  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5148  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5149  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5150  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5151  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5152  */
5153 enum nl80211_key_type {
5154 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5155 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5156 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5157 
5158 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5159 };
5160 
5161 /**
5162  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5163  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5164  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5165  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5166  */
5167 enum nl80211_mfp {
5168 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
5169 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5170 	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5171 };
5172 
5173 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5174 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5175 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5176 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5177 };
5178 
5179 /**
5180  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5181  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5182  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5183  *	unicast key
5184  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5185  *	multicast key
5186  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5187  */
5188 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5189 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5190 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5191 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5192 
5193 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5194 };
5195 
5196 /**
5197  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5198  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5199  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5200  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5201  *	keys
5202  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5203  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5204  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5205  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5206  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5207  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5208  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5209  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5210  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5211  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5212  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5213  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5214  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5215  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5216  *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5217  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5218  *
5219  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5220  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5221  */
5222 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5223 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5224 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5225 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5226 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5227 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5228 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5229 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5230 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5231 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5232 	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5233 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5234 
5235 	/* keep last */
5236 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5237 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5238 };
5239 
5240 /**
5241  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5242  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5243  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5244  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5245  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5246  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5247  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5248  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
5249  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5250  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5251  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5252  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5253  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5254  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5255  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5256  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5257  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5258  */
5259 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5260 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5261 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5262 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5263 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5264 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5265 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5266 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5267 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5268 
5269 	/* keep last */
5270 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5271 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5272 };
5273 
5274 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5275 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
5276 
5277 /**
5278  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5279  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5280  */
5281 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5282 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5283 };
5284 
5285 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
5286 /**
5287  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5288  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5289  */
5290 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5291 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5292 };
5293 
5294 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5295 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5296 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5297 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5298 };
5299 
5300 /**
5301  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5302  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5303  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5304  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5305  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5306  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5307  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5308  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5309  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5310  */
5311 enum nl80211_band {
5312 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5313 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5314 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5315 	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5316 	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5317 	NL80211_BAND_LC,
5318 
5319 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5320 };
5321 
5322 /**
5323  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5324  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5325  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5326  */
5327 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5328 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5329 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5330 };
5331 
5332 /**
5333  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5334  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5335  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5336  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5337  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5338  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5339  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5340  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
5341  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5342  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5343  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5344  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5345  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5346  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5347  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5348  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5349  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5350  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5351  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5352  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5353  *	checked.
5354  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5355  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5357  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5358  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5359  *	loss event
5360  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5361  *	RSSI threshold event.
5362  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5363  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5364  */
5365 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5366 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5367 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5368 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5369 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5370 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5371 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5372 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5373 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5374 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5375 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5376 
5377 	/* keep last */
5378 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5379 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5380 };
5381 
5382 /**
5383  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5384  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5385  *      configured threshold
5386  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5387  *      configured threshold
5388  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5389  */
5390 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5391 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5392 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5393 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5394 };
5395 
5396 
5397 /**
5398  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5399  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5400  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5401  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5402  */
5403 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5404 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5405 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5406 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5407 };
5408 
5409 /**
5410  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5411  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5412  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5413  */
5414 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5415 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5416 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5417 };
5418 
5419 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5420  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5421  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5422  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5423  */
5424 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5425 	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5426 	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5427 	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5428 };
5429 
5430 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5431  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5432  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5433  *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5434  *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5435  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5436  *	per peer instead.
5437  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5438  *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5439  *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5440  *	should be left untouched.
5441  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5442  *	Its type is u16.
5443  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5444  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5445  *	Its type is u8.
5446  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5447  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5448  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5449  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5450  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5451  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5452  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5453  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5454  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5455  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5456  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5457  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5458  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5459  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5460  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5461  *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5462  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5463  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5464  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5465  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5466  *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5467  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5468  *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5469  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5470  *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5471  *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5472  *	station.
5473  */
5474 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5475 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5476 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5477 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5478 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5479 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5480 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5481 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5482 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5483 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5484 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5485 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5486 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5487 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5488 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5489 
5490 	/* keep last */
5491 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5492 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5493 };
5494 
5495 /**
5496  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5497  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5498  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5499  *	a zero bit are ignored
5500  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5501  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5502  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5503  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5504  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5505  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5506  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5507  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5508  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5509  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5510  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5511  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5512  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5513  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5514  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5515  */
5516 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5517 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5518 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5519 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5520 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5521 
5522 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5523 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5524 };
5525 
5526 /**
5527  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5528  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5529  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5530  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5531  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5532  *
5533  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5534  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5535  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5536  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5537  * by the kernel to userspace.
5538  */
5539 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5540 	__u32 max_patterns;
5541 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
5542 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
5543 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
5544 } __attribute__((packed));
5545 
5546 /* only for backward compatibility */
5547 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5548 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5549 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5550 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5551 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5552 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5553 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5554 
5555 /**
5556  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5557  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5558  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5559  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5560  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
5561  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5562  *	any others are even supported by the device.
5563  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5564  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5565  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5566  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5567  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5568  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5569  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5570  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5571  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5572  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5573  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5574  *
5575  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5576  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5577  *
5578  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5579  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5580  *	to the kernel when configuring.
5581  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5582  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5583  *	by the device (flag)
5584  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5585  *	done by the device) (flag)
5586  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5587  *	packet (flag)
5588  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5589  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5590  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5591  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5592  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5593  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5594  *	attribute contains the original length.
5595  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5596  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5597  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5598  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5599  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5600  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5601  *	contains the original length.
5602  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5603  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5604  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5605  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5606  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5607  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5608  *	the TCP connection.
5609  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5610  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5611  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5612  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5613  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5614  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5615  *	service
5616  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5617  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5618  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5619  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5620  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5621  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5622  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
5623  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5624  *	supported by the driver (u32).
5625  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5626  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
5627  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5628  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
5629  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
5630  *	occurred.
5631  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5632  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5633  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5634  *	these attributes must be present.  If
5635  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5636  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5637  *	channel.
5638  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5639  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5640  *
5641  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5642  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5643  */
5644 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5645 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5646 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5647 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5648 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5649 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5650 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5651 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5652 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5653 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5654 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5655 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5656 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5657 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5658 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5659 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5660 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5661 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5662 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5663 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5664 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5665 
5666 	/* keep last */
5667 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5668 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5669 };
5670 
5671 /**
5672  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5673  *
5674  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5675  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5676  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5677  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5678  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5679  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5680  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5681  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5682  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5683  *
5684  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5685  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5686  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5687  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5688  * also woken up.
5689  *
5690  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5691  * response packets might not go through correctly.
5692  */
5693 
5694 /**
5695  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5696  * @start: starting value
5697  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5698  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5699  *
5700  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5701  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5702  * in little endian.
5703  */
5704 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5705 	__u32 start, offset, len;
5706 };
5707 
5708 /**
5709  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5710  * @offset: offset of token in packet
5711  * @len: length of each token
5712  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5713  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5714  */
5715 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5716 	__u32 offset, len;
5717 	__u8 token_stream[];
5718 };
5719 
5720 /**
5721  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5722  * @min_len: minimum token length
5723  * @max_len: maximum token length
5724  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5725  */
5726 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5727 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5728 };
5729 
5730 /**
5731  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5732  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5733  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5734  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5735  *	(in network byte order)
5736  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5737  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5738  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5739  *	might require ARP querying.
5740  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5741  *	socket and port will be allocated
5742  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5743  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5744  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5745  *	of the data payload.
5746  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5747  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5748  *	advertising it is just a flag
5749  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5750  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5751  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5752  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5753  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
5754  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5755  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5756  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5757  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5758  *	but on the TCP payload only.
5759  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5760  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5761  */
5762 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5763 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5764 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5765 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5766 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5767 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5768 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5769 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5770 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5771 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5772 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5773 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5774 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5775 
5776 	/* keep last */
5777 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5778 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5779 };
5780 
5781 /**
5782  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5783  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5784  * @pat: packet pattern support information
5785  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5786  *
5787  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5788  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5789  */
5790 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5791 	__u32 max_rules;
5792 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5793 	__u32 max_delay;
5794 } __attribute__((packed));
5795 
5796 /**
5797  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5798  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5799  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5800  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5801  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5802  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5803  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5804  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5805  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5806  */
5807 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5808 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5809 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5810 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5811 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5812 
5813 	/* keep last */
5814 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5815 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5816 };
5817 
5818 /**
5819  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5820  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5821  *	in a rule are matched.
5822  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5823  *	in a rule are not matched.
5824  */
5825 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5826 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5827 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5828 };
5829 
5830 /**
5831  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5832  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5833  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5834  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5835  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5836  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5837  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5838  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5839  */
5840 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5841 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5842 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5843 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5844 
5845 	/* keep last */
5846 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5847 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5848 };
5849 
5850 /**
5851  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5852  *
5853  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5854  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5855  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5856  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5857  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5858  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5859  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5860  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5861  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5862  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5863  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5864  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5865  *	different channels may be used within this group.
5866  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5867  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5868  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5869  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5870  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5871  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5872  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5873  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5874  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5875  *
5876  * Examples:
5877  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5878  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5879  *
5880  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5881  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5882  *
5883  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5884  *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5885  *
5886  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5887  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5888  *
5889  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5890  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5891  * that any of these groups must match.
5892  *
5893  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5894  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5895  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5896  * interface type, the following group always exists:
5897  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5898  */
5899 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5900 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5901 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5902 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5903 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5904 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5905 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5906 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5907 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5908 
5909 	/* keep last */
5910 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5911 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5912 };
5913 
5914 
5915 /**
5916  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5917  *
5918  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5919  *	state of non existent mesh peer links
5920  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5921  *	this mesh peer
5922  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5923  *	from this mesh peer
5924  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5925  *	received from this mesh peer
5926  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5927  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5928  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5929  *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5930  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5931  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5932  */
5933 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5934 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5935 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5936 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5937 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5938 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5939 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5940 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5941 
5942 	/* keep last */
5943 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5944 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5945 };
5946 
5947 /**
5948  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5949  *
5950  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5951  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5952  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5953  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5954  */
5955 enum plink_actions {
5956 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5957 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5958 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5959 
5960 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5961 };
5962 
5963 
5964 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
5965 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
5966 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
5967 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
5968 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
5969 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
5970 
5971 /**
5972  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5973  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5974  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5975  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5976  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5977  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5978  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5979  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5980  */
5981 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5982 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5983 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5984 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5985 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5986 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5987 
5988 	/* keep last */
5989 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5990 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5991 };
5992 
5993 /**
5994  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5995  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5996  *	Beacon frames)
5997  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5998  *	in Beacon frames
5999  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6000  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6001  */
6002 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6003 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6004 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6005 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6006 };
6007 
6008 /**
6009  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6010  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6011  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6012  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6013  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6014  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6015  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6016  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6017  */
6018 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6019 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6020 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6021 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6022 
6023 	/* keep last */
6024 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6025 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6026 };
6027 
6028 /**
6029  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6030  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6031  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6032  *	priority)
6033  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6034  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6035  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6036  *	(internal)
6037  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6038  *	(internal)
6039  */
6040 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6041 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6042 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6043 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6044 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6045 
6046 	/* keep last */
6047 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6048 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6049 };
6050 
6051 /**
6052  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6053  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6054  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6055  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6056  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6057  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6058  */
6059 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6060 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6061 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6062 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6063 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6064 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6065 };
6066 
6067 /**
6068  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6069  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6070  *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6071  *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6072  */
6073 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6074 	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
6075 };
6076 
6077 /**
6078  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6079  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6080  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6081  *	socket option.
6082  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6083  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6084  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6085  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6086  *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6087  *	cellular base stations.
6088  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6089  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6090  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6091  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6092  *	mode
6093  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6094  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6095  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6096  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6097  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6098  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6099  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6100  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6101  *	setting
6102  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6103  *	powersave
6104  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6105  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6106  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6107  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6108  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6109  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6110  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6111  *	states using station flags.
6112  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6113  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6114  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6115  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6116  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6117  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6118  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6119  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6120  *	still generated by the driver.
6121  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6122  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6123  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6124  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6125  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6126  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6127  *	lifetime of a BSS.
6128  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6129  *	Set IE to probe requests.
6130  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6131  *	to probe requests.
6132  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6133  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
6134  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6135  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6136  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6137  *	Measurement Report action frame.
6138  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6139  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6140  *	to enable dynack.
6141  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6142  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6143  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6144  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6145  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6146  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6147  *	rts/cts handshake.
6148  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6149  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6150  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6151  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6152  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6153  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6154  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6155  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6156  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
6157  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6158  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6159  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6160  *	address mask/value will be used.
6161  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6162  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6163  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6164  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6165  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6166  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6167  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6168  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6169  */
6170 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6171 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
6172 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
6173 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
6174 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
6175 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
6176 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
6177 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
6178 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
6179 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
6180 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
6181 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
6182 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
6183 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
6184 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
6185 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
6186 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
6187 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
6188 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
6189 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
6190 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
6191 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
6192 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
6193 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
6194 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
6195 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
6196 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
6197 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
6198 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
6199 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
6200 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
6201 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
6202 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
6203 };
6204 
6205 /**
6206  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6207  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6208  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6209  *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6210  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6211  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6212  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6213  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6214  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6215  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
6216  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6217  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6218  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6219  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6220  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6221  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6222  *	(if available).
6223  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6224  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6225  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6226  *	(if available).
6227  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6228  *	channel dwell time.
6229  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6230  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6231  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6232  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6233  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6234  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6235  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6236  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6237  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6238  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6239  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6240  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6241  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6242  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6243  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6244  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6245  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6246  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6247  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6248  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6249  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6250  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6251  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6252  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6253  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6254  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6255  *	be supported.
6256  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6257  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6258  *	actual dwell time.
6259  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6260  *	response
6261  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6262  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6263  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6264  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
6265  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6266  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6267  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6268  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6269  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6270  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6271  *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6272  *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6273  *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6274  *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6275  *	"radar detected" event.
6276  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6277  *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6278  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6279  *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6280  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6281  *      TXQs.
6282  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6283  *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6284  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6285  *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6286  *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6287  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6288  *	timing measurement responder role.
6289  *
6290  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6291  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6292  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6293  *      freeze the connection.
6294  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6295  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6296  *
6297  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6298  *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6299  *	scheduling.
6300  *
6301  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6302  *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6303  *
6304  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6305  *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6306  *
6307  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6308  *	to a station.
6309  *
6310  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6311  *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6312  *
6313  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6314  *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6315  *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6316  *
6317  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6318  *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6319  *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6320  *
6321  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6322  *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6323  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6324  *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6325  *
6326  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6327  *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6328  *	handled as ordinary data frames.
6329  *
6330  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6331  *
6332  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6333  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6334  *
6335  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6336  *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6337  *
6338  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6339  *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6340  *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6341  *	included in the scan request.
6342  *
6343  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6344  *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6345  *
6346  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6347  *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6348  *
6349  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6350  *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6351  *	command).
6352  *
6353  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6354  *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6355  *
6356  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6357  *	frames transmission
6358  *
6359  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6360  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6361  *
6362  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6363  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6364  *
6365  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6366  *      exchange protocol.
6367  *
6368  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6369  *      exchange protocol.
6370  *
6371  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6372  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6373  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6374  *
6375  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6376  *	detection and change announcemnts.
6377  *
6378  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6379  *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6380  *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6381  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6382  *
6383  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6384  *	detection.
6385  *
6386  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6387  *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6388  *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6389  *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6390  *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6391  *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6392  *	in progress, and no active connections.
6393  *
6394  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6395  *
6396  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6397  *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6398  *
6399  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6400  *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6401  *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6402  *
6403  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6404  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6405  */
6406 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6407 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6408 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6409 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6410 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6411 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6412 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6413 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6414 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6415 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6416 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6417 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6418 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6419 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6420 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6421 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6422 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6423 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6424 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6425 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6426 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6427 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6428 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6429 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6430 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6431 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6432 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6433 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6434 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6435 	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6436 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6437 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6438 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6439 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6440 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6441 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6442 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6443 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6444 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6445 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6446 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6447 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6448 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6449 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6450 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6451 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6452 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6453 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6454 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6455 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6456 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6457 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6458 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6459 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6460 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6461 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6462 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6463 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6464 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6465 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6466 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6467 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6468 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6469 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6470 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6471 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6472 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6473 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6474 
6475 	/* add new features before the definition below */
6476 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6477 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6478 };
6479 
6480 /**
6481  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6482  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6483  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6484  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6485  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6486  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6487  *	to the host.
6488  *
6489  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6490  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6491  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6492  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6493  */
6494 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6495 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
6496 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
6497 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
6498 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
6499 };
6500 
6501 /**
6502  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6503  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6504  *	handled by the AP is reached.
6505  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6506  */
6507 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6508 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6509 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6510 };
6511 
6512 /**
6513  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6514  *
6515  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6516  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6517  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6518  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6519  */
6520 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6521 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6522 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6523 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6524 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6525 };
6526 
6527 /**
6528  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6529  *
6530  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6531  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6532  * requests.
6533  *
6534  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6535  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6536  * one of them can be used in the request.
6537  *
6538  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6539  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6540  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6541  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6542  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6543  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6544  *	when really needed
6545  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6546  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6547  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6548  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6549  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6550  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6551  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6552  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6553  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6554  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6555  *	request parameters IE in the probe request
6556  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6557  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6558  *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6559  *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6560  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6561  *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6562  *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6563  *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6564  *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6565  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
6566  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6567  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6568  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6569  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6570  *	impacted with this flag.
6571  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6572  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6573  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6574  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6575  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6576  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6577  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6578  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6579  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6580  *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6581  *	possible.
6582  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6583  *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6584  *	added by userspace explicitly.)
6585  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6586  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6587  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6588  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6589  *	2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6590  *	information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6591  *	received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6592  *	channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6593  *	the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6594  *	probe requests on non PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6595  *	these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6596  *	is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6597  *	scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6598  */
6599 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6600 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
6601 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
6602 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
6603 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
6604 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
6605 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
6606 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
6607 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
6608 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
6609 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
6610 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
6611 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
6612 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
6613 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
6614 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
6615 };
6616 
6617 /**
6618  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6619  *
6620  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6621  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6622  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6623  *
6624  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6625  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6626  *	in ACL to authenticate.
6627  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6628  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6629  */
6630 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6631 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6632 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6633 };
6634 
6635 /**
6636  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6637  *
6638  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6639  *
6640  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6641  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6642  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6643  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6644  */
6645 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6646 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6647 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6648 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6649 
6650 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6651 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6652 };
6653 
6654 /**
6655  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6656  *
6657  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6658  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6659  *
6660  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6661  *	now unusable.
6662  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6663  *	the channel is now available.
6664  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6665  *	change to the channel status.
6666  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6667  *	over, channel becomes usable.
6668  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6669  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6670  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6671  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6672  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6673  *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6674  */
6675 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6676 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6677 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6678 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6679 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6680 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6681 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6682 };
6683 
6684 /**
6685  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6686  *
6687  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6688  *
6689  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6690  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6691  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6692  *	is therefore marked as not available.
6693  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6694  */
6695 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6696 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6697 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6698 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6699 };
6700 
6701 /**
6702  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6703  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6704  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6705  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6706  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6707  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6708  */
6709 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6710 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
6711 };
6712 
6713 /**
6714  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6715  *
6716  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6717  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6718  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6719  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6720  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6721  */
6722 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6723 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6724 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6725 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6726 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6727 	/* add other protocols before this one */
6728 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6729 };
6730 
6731 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6732 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
6733 
6734 /**
6735  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6736  *
6737  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6738  *
6739  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6740  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6741  *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6742  *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6743  *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6744  */
6745 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6746 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6747 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6748 };
6749 
6750 /*
6751  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6752  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6753  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6754  */
6755 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
6756 
6757 /**
6758  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6759  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6760  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6761  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6762  *	added to this file when needed.
6763  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6764  */
6765 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6766 	__u32 vendor_id;
6767 	__u32 subcmd;
6768 };
6769 
6770 /**
6771  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6772  *
6773  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6774  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6775  *
6776  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6777  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6778  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6779  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6780  */
6781 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6782 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6783 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6784 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6785 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6786 };
6787 
6788 /**
6789  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6790  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6791  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6792  *	seconds (u32).
6793  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6794  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6795  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6796  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
6797  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6798  *	currently defined
6799  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6800  */
6801 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6802 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6803 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6804 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6805 
6806 	/* keep last */
6807 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6808 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6809 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6810 };
6811 
6812 /**
6813  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6814  *
6815  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6816  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6817  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6818  */
6819 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6820 	__u8 band;
6821 	__s8 delta;
6822 } __attribute__((packed));
6823 
6824 /**
6825  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6826  *
6827  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6828  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6829  *	is requested.
6830  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6831  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6832  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6833  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6834  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6835  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6836  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6837  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6838  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6839  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6840  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6841  *
6842  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6843  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6844  * which the driver shall use.
6845  */
6846 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6847 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6848 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6849 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6850 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6851 
6852 	/* keep last */
6853 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6854 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6855 };
6856 
6857 /**
6858  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6859  *
6860  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6861  *
6862  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6863  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6864  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6865  */
6866 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6867 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6868 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6869 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6870 
6871 	/* keep last */
6872 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6873 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6874 };
6875 
6876 /**
6877  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6878  *
6879  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6880  *
6881  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6882  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6883  */
6884 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6885 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6886 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6887 };
6888 
6889 /**
6890  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6891  *
6892  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6893  *
6894  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6895  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6896  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6897  */
6898 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6899 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6900 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6901 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6902 };
6903 
6904 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6905 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6906 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6907 
6908 /**
6909  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6910  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6911  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6912  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6913  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6914  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6915  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6916  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6917  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6918  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6919  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6920  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6921  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6922  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6923  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6924  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6925  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
6926  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6927  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6928  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6929  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6930  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6931  *	This is a flag.
6932  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6933  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6934  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6935  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6936  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6937  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6938  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6939  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6940  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6941  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6942  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6943  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6944  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6945  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6946  *
6947  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6948  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6949  */
6950 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6951 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6952 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6953 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6954 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6955 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6956 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6957 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6958 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6959 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6960 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6961 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6962 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6963 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6964 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6965 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6966 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6967 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6968 
6969 	/* keep last */
6970 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6971 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6972 };
6973 
6974 /**
6975  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6976  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6977  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6978  *	This is a flag.
6979  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6980  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6981  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6982  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6983  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6984  *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6985  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6986  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6987  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6988  */
6989 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6990 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6991 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6992 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6993 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6994 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6995 
6996 	/* keep last */
6997 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6998 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6999 };
7000 
7001 /**
7002  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7003  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7004  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7005  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
7006  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7007  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7008  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7009  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7010  *
7011  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7012  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7013  */
7014 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7015 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7016 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7017 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7018 
7019 	/* keep last */
7020 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7021 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7022 };
7023 
7024 /**
7025  * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7026  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7027  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7028  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7029  */
7030 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7031 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7032 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7033 };
7034 
7035 /**
7036  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7037  *	responder attributes
7038  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7039  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7040  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7041  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7042  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7043  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7044  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7045  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7046  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7047  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7048  */
7049 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7050 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7051 
7052 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7053 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7054 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7055 
7056 	/* keep last */
7057 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7058 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7059 };
7060 
7061 /*
7062  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7063  *
7064  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7065  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7066  *
7067  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7068  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7069  *	were ssfully answered (u32)
7070  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7071  *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
7072  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7073  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7074  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7075  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7076  *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7077  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7078  *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7079  *	phase with the responder (u32)
7080  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7081  *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7082  *	FTM slot (u32)
7083  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7084  *	scheduled window (u32)
7085  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7086  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7087  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7088  */
7089 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7090 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7091 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7092 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7093 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7094 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7095 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7096 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7097 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7098 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7099 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7100 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7101 
7102 	/* keep last */
7103 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7104 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7105 };
7106 
7107 /**
7108  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7109  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7110  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7111  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7112  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7113  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7114  */
7115 enum nl80211_preamble {
7116 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7117 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7118 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7119 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7120 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7121 };
7122 
7123 /**
7124  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7125  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7126  *	these numbers also for attributes
7127  *
7128  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7129  *
7130  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7131  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7132  */
7133 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7134 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7135 
7136 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7137 
7138 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7139 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7140 };
7141 
7142 /**
7143  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7144  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7145  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7146  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7147  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7148  *	reason may be available in the response data
7149  */
7150 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7151 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7152 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7153 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7154 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7155 };
7156 
7157 /**
7158  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7159  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7160  *
7161  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7162  *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7163  *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7164  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7165  *	(flag attribute)
7166  *
7167  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7168  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7169  */
7170 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7171 	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7172 
7173 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7174 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7175 
7176 	/* keep last */
7177 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7178 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7179 };
7180 
7181 /**
7182  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7183  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7184  *
7185  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7186  *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7187  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7188  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7189  *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7190  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7191  *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7192  *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7193  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7194  *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7195  *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7196  *	(u64, usec)
7197  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7198  *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7199  *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7200  *	result.
7201  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7202  *
7203  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7204  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7205  */
7206 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7207 	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7208 
7209 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7210 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7211 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7212 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7213 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7214 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7215 
7216 	/* keep last */
7217 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7218 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7219 };
7220 
7221 /**
7222  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7223  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7224  *
7225  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7226  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7227  *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7228  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7229  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7230  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7231  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7232  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7233  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7234  *
7235  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7236  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7237  */
7238 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7239 	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7240 
7241 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7242 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7243 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7244 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7245 
7246 	/* keep last */
7247 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7248 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7249 };
7250 
7251 /**
7252  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7253  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7254  *
7255  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7256  *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7257  *	measurements can be done with in a single request
7258  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7259  *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7260  *	measurement results
7261  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7262  *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7263  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7264  *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7265  *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7266  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7267  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7268  *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7269  *	sub-attributes taken from
7270  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7271  *
7272  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7273  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7274  */
7275 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7276 	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7277 
7278 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7279 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7280 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7281 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7282 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7283 
7284 	/* keep last */
7285 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7286 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7287 };
7288 
7289 /**
7290  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7291  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7292  *
7293  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7294  *	is supported
7295  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7296  *	mode is supported
7297  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7298  *	data can be requested during the measurement
7299  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7300  *	location data can be requested during the measurement
7301  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7302  *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7303  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7304  *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7305  *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7306  *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7307  *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7308  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7309  *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7310  *	is valid)
7311  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7312  *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7313  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7314  *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7315  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7316  *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7317  *
7318  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7319  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7320  */
7321 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7322 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7323 
7324 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7325 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7326 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7327 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7328 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7329 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7330 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7331 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7332 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7333 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7334 
7335 	/* keep last */
7336 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7337 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7338 };
7339 
7340 /**
7341  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7342  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7343  *
7344  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7345  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7346  *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7347  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7348  *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7349  *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7350  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7351  *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7352  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7353  *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7354  *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7355  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7356  *	requested per burst
7357  *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7358  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7359  *	(u8, default 3)
7360  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7361  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7362  *	(flag)
7363  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7364  *	measurement (flag).
7365  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7366  *	mutually exclusive.
7367  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7368  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7369  *	ranging will be used.
7370  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7371  *	ranging measurement (flag)
7372  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7373  *	mutually exclusive.
7374  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7375  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7376  *	ranging will be used.
7377  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7378  *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7379  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7380  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7381  *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7382  *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7383  *
7384  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7385  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7386  */
7387 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7388 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7389 
7390 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7391 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7392 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7393 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7394 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7395 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7396 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7397 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7398 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7399 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7400 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7401 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7402 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7403 
7404 	/* keep last */
7405 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7406 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7407 };
7408 
7409 /**
7410  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7411  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7412  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7413  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7414  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7415  *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7416  *	try and get no response)
7417  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7418  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7419  *	received
7420  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7421  *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7422  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7423  *	by the peer and are no longer supported
7424  */
7425 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7426 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7427 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7428 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7429 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7430 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7431 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7432 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7433 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7434 };
7435 
7436 /**
7437  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7438  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7439  *
7440  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7441  *	(u32, optional)
7442  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7443  *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7444  *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7445  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7446  *	transmitted (u32, optional)
7447  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7448  *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7449  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7450  *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
7451  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7452  *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7453  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7454  *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
7455  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7456  *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7457  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7458  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7459  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7460  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7461  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7462  *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7463  *	attributes)
7464  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7465  *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7466  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7467  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7468  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7469  *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7470  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7471  *	optional)
7472  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7473  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7474  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7475  *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7476  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7477  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7478  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7479  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7480  *	Type 8.
7481  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7482  *	(binary, optional);
7483  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7484  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7485  *	Type 11.
7486  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7487  *
7488  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7489  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7490  */
7491 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7492 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7493 
7494 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7495 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7496 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7497 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7498 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7499 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7500 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7501 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7502 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7503 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7504 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7505 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7506 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7507 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7508 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7509 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7510 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7511 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7512 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7513 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7514 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7515 
7516 	/* keep last */
7517 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7518 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7519 };
7520 
7521 /**
7522  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7523  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7524  *
7525  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7526  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7527  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7528  *	tx power offset.
7529  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7530  *	values used by members of the SRG.
7531  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7532  *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7533  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7534  *
7535  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7536  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7537  */
7538 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7539 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7540 
7541 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7542 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7543 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7544 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7545 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7546 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7547 
7548 	/* keep last */
7549 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7550 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7551 };
7552 
7553 /**
7554  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7555  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7556  *
7557  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7558  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7559  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7560  *
7561  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7562  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7563  */
7564 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7565 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7566 
7567 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7568 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7569 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7570 
7571 	/* keep last */
7572 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7573 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7574 };
7575 
7576 /**
7577  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7578  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7579  *
7580  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7581  *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7582  *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7583  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7584  *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7585  *
7586  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7587  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7588  */
7589 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7590 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7591 
7592 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7593 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7594 
7595 	/* keep last */
7596 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7597 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7598 };
7599 
7600 /**
7601  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7602  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7603  *
7604  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7605  *
7606  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7607  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7608  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7609  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7610  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7611  *	frame including the headers.
7612  *
7613  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7614  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7615  */
7616 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7617 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7618 
7619 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7620 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7621 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7622 
7623 	/* keep last */
7624 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7625 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7626 };
7627 
7628 /*
7629  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7630  * mandatory fields.
7631  */
7632 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7633 
7634 /**
7635  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7636  *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7637  *
7638  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7639  *
7640  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7641  *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7642  *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7643  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7644  *	frame template (binary).
7645  *
7646  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7647  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7648  */
7649 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7650 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7651 
7652 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7653 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7654 
7655 	/* keep last */
7656 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7657 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7658 		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7659 };
7660 
7661 /**
7662  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7663  *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7664  *	used.
7665  *
7666  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7667  *	attribute is not present from userspace.
7668  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7669  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7670  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7671  *	can be used.
7672  */
7673 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7674 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7675 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7676 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7677 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7678 };
7679 
7680 /**
7681  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7682  *
7683  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7684  *
7685  */
7686 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7687 	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7688 
7689 	/* add new type here */
7690 
7691 	/* Keep last */
7692 	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7693 };
7694 
7695 /**
7696  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7697  *
7698  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7699  *
7700  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7701  *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7702  *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7703  *
7704  *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7705  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7706  *
7707  *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7708  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7709  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7710  *
7711  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7712  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7713  *
7714  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7715  */
7716 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7717 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7718 
7719 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7720 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7721 
7722 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7723 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7724 };
7725 
7726 /**
7727  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7728  *
7729  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7730  *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7731  *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7732  *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7733  *
7734  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7735  *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7736  *	is applied to this range.
7737  *
7738  *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7739  *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7740  *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7741  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7742  *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7743  *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7744  *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7745  *
7746  *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7747  *
7748  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7749  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7750  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7751  *
7752  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7753  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7754  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7755  *
7756  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7757  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7758  */
7759 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7760 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7761 
7762 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7763 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7764 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7765 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7766 
7767 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7768 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7769 };
7770 
7771 /**
7772  * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7773  * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7774  * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7775  * MBSSID and EMA.
7776  * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7777  * features.
7778  *
7779  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7780  *
7781  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7782  *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7783  *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7784  *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7785  *
7786  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7787  *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7788  *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7789  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7790  *	a non-zero value.
7791  *
7792  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7793  *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7794  *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7795  *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7796  *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7797  *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7798  *
7799  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7800  *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7801  *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7802  *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7803  *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7804  *	the interface index of the same.
7805  *
7806  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7807  *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7808  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7809  *
7810  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7811  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7812  */
7813 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7814 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7815 
7816 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7817 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7818 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7819 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7820 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7821 
7822 	/* keep last */
7823 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7824 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7825 };
7826 
7827 /**
7828  * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7829  *
7830  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7831  *	authentication.
7832  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7833  *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7834  *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7835  *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7836  *	userspace.
7837  */
7838 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7839 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
7840 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
7841 };
7842 
7843 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7844